Canon | PowerShot S100 | User manual | Canon PowerShot S100 User manual

Canon PowerShot S100 User manual
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫‪CEL-SS2QA2M0‬‬
‫‪15/09/2011 03:16:27‬‬
‫‪EC311_GS_AR-FA_cover.indb 1‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺹ ‪DIGITAL CAMERA‬‬
‫‪.Manuals Disk‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺴﻢ ”ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ“ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﻣﻦ؛ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪15/09/2011 06:56:08‬‬
‫‪EC311_GS_AR_FA.indb 1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺃﻳًﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪NB-5L‬‬
‫)ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻐﻄﺎء ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫‪IFC-400PCU‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫)ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ(‬
‫ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪CB-2LX/CB-2LXE‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻢ‬
‫‪WS-DC11‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ‪DIGITAL CAMERA‬‬
‫‪Solution Disk‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪Canon‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ‪.DIGITAL CAMERA Manuals Disk‬‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﺗﻘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺭﻭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ )ﺹ ‪.(١١‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Adobe Reader‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ .PDF‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Microsoft Word/Word Viewer‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪) Word‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻸﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ؛ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Canon Inc.‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺯﻋﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺸﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺸﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻚ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ -‬ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻗﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺩﻋﻢ ‪ ،Canon‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪.Canon‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ ٪٩٩٫٩٩‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎ ًﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﺎﺗﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﻛﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ً‬
‫ﺧﻠﻼ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻣﻐﻠﱠﻔﺔ ﺑﻐﻼﻑ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺵ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ً‬
‫ﺧﻠﻼ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪CANON INC.‬‬
‫‪30-2, Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, Japan‬‬
‫‪CANON EUROPA N.V.‬‬
‫‪Bovenkerkerweg 59-61, 1185 XB Amstelveen, The Netherlands‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍﺻﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ] [ )ﺃﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ FUNC./SET‬ﻭﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪FUNC./SET‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪ y‬ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺹ ‪ :(xx‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ )ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ”‪ “xx‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻻ ﺑﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻚ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ً‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻳﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻳُﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻨﺎﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻪ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺮ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻤﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺑﻠﻞ ﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺩﻋﻢ ‪Canon‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻬﺐ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﱠﺭﺓ ﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ( ﺑﺎﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻐﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎء ﻏﺰﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ( ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳُﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻄﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻄﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺴﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ‬‫ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻫﺎ؛ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﺰﻋﺎﺝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺘﻚ ﺑﺠﺮﻭﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳُﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻌﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺮﻳﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﺼﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺸﻮﻫﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻗﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺠﻠﺲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻴﺒﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ ‪٢ ...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ‪٣ ............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪٤ ..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ‪٥ .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‪/‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪٨ .............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪٩ .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ )ﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ(‪١١ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪١٢ ........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪١٤ ...................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪١٧ .......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪١٨ ....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ‪١٩ ...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪٢٠ ....................................................................................... (Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪٢٣ ...........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪٢٤ .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ‪٢٥ .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪٢٧ ............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ‪٢٨ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‪/‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﻟﻔﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﺼﻤﻚ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺴﺪﻙ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺭﻓﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍء‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪CB-2LX‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﺣﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ) ( ﻭﻷﺳﻔﻞ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫(‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪ :CB-2LX‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ )‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪ :CB-2LXE‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻀﻲء ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﻭ‪ ٥‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪CB-2LXE‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﺣﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ) ( ﻭﻷﻋﻠﻰ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺸﺤﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪/‬ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ*‪١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ*‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ*‪٣‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫*‪ ١‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪Camera & Imaging Products Association‬‬
‫)‪.(CIPA‬‬
‫*‪ ٢‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ٣‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﻔﺪ ً‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ٍ‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ( ﻣﺴﺘﻨﻔﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫”ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪“.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﻔﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ‪...‬‬
‫• ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ؟‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺨﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺩﻋﻢ ‪ Canon‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ؟‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﺍء ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ )ﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ )ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻡ( ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻐﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺟﻬﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٢٤٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫)‪ ٦٠/٥٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﺄﺧﺬ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ؛ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ )ﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪*SD‬‬
‫• ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪*SDHC‬‬
‫• ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪*SDXC‬‬
‫• ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪Eye-Fi‬‬
‫* ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ‪ .SD‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪SDXC‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻟﺘﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ً SDXC‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪Eye-Fi‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﻀﻤﻦ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪) Eye-Fi‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ(‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،Eye-Fi‬ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﱢﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ Eye-Fi‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳُﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﱢﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ )ﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻘﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء )‬
‫( ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺤﻪ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻘﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻘﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ) (‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ]ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ؟‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ]ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺒﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺒﻂء‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺒﺮﺯ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 1231‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ 5042‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻪ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﺹ ‪.(٢٠‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.ON/OFF‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ qr‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ op‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪7‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪.m‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ qr‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪ 7‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ m‬ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.ON/OFF‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺹ ‪ ١٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ op‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪ 7‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺴﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻔﻲ )ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.n‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ]ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ op‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪7‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ]ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.m‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺹ ‪ ١٤‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ n‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫• ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ )ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ( ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ ٣‬ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺷﺤﻦ‬
‫• ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﻢ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ‪) AC‬ﻳﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﻲ ‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻔﺎﺩ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺹ ‪ ١٤‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) GPS‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ،m‬ﺛﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.n‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ‪ opqr‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪7‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.m‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪m‬؟‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ m‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ n‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ .٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ m‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ n‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ]ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.3‬‬
‫[ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ )ﺑﺪء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻮﺥ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪) Eye-Fi‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤُﻀﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.n‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ]ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ op‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪7‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ]ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.m‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ qr‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪ 7‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.m‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ op‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪ 7‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ m‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ]ﺍﻛﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺬﺭﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻦ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺤﻄﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴًﺎ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ( ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﻀﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﻀﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ )ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ( ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗُﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﺎﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ؟‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ً‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﺸﻮﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻭﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻟﻠﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫)ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ(‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.ON/OFF‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘُﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺿﻮﺿﺎ ًء‬
‫ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪ IS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪i‬‬
‫)ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺔ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪) j‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ(‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ‪) .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ‪ y‬ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ )ﺯﻭﻡ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘُﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺒﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪AF‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﺮ ًﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ‪...‬‬
‫• ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﻄﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ؟‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ( ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﺠﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪) G‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء ﻭﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺪﻑ؟‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻩ؟‬
‫ﻓﺠﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪G‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ؟‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ )ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫؟‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻷﻳﺔ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ؟‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ p‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ n‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ]ﺻﺎﻣﺖ[ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ،3‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ qr‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ]ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﻛﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺳﻢ – ‪ ٧٫٠‬ﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻻﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ،(j‬ﻭ‪ ٥٠‬ﺳﻢ – ‪ ٢٫٣‬ﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑﺔ )‪.(i‬‬
‫ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ؟‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻗﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﺟ ًﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻻﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ،(j‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ٣‬ﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑﺔ )‪.(i‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ؟‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻀﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ h‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ؟‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺧﺎﻃﺊ‪ .‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ “.‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ؟‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﻳﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻮﻕ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ؟‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪ IS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫”ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ“ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ( ﻭ”ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻧﻤﻂ ‪) “IS‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ‪(AF‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ o‬ﻭﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ )ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ q‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪ 7‬ﻋﻜﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ r‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪ 7‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ ،qr‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺧﻔﻀﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺮ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ qr‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪ 7‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.a‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ]ﺍﻣﺴﺢ؟[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ qr‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ‪ 7‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ]ﺍﻣﺴﺢ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.m‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻺﻧﻬﺎء ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ qr‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ‪ 7‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ]ﺇﻟﻐﺎء[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.m‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻭﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪ A‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺹ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﻔﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ]‪ [ Rec‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻧﺎﻥ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﻼء ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ‪ y‬ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،A‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ”ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ“‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺮ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ((‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ‪) A‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،E‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭ‪ ٣٤‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٥٩‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭ‪ ٤٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻫﻮ ‪ ٢٩‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭ‪ ٥٩‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳُﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ SD Speed Class 6‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ qr‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ‪ 7‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.m‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ qr‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ‪ 7‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.m‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ op‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ،m‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ؟‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ )ﺹ ‪.(٢٩‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﻼﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﱠﺩ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺣﺠﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﺎ ﻣﻀﻤ ًﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫‪) Windows 7‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪(Service Pack 1‬‬
‫‪Windows Vista SP2‬‬
‫‪Windows XP SP3‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ً‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺎ ًَ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﱠﺩﺓ ﺑﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪(CPU‬‬
‫‪ Pentium‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ ١٫٣‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ )ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ( ﻭ‪ Core 2 Duo‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ ٢٫٦‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ )ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫)‪(RAM‬‬
‫‪) Windows 7‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ٦٤‬ﺑﺖ(‪ ٢ :‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪) Windows 7‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ٣٢‬ﺑﺖ(‪) Windows Vista ،‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ٦٤‬ﺑﺖ ﻭ‪ ٣٢‬ﺑﺖ(‬
‫‪ ١ :Windows XP‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ(‪ ٢ ،‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫‪ ٦٧٠‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ*‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ ٧٦٨ x ١،٠٢٤‬ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫* ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows XP‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪ Microsoft .NET Framework 3.0‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ‬
‫)ﺑﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ(‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ً ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪Macintosh‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫)‪Mac OS X (v10.5 – v10.6‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ً‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺎ ًَ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﱠﺩﺓ ﺑﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪(CPU‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪) Intel‬ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ(‪ Core 2 Duo ،‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ ٢٫٦‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ )ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫)‪(RAM‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ(‪ ٢ ،‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ ٧٣٠‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫‪ ٧٦٨ x ١،٠٢٤‬ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ Windows Vista‬ﻭ‪) Mac OS X‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ (10.5‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ )ﻗﺮﺹ ‪DIGITAL‬‬
‫‪) (CAMERA Solution Disk‬ﺹ ‪ (٢‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪،Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ً‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪Easy‬‬
‫‪/Installation‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺳﻬﻞ[‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ،Macintosh‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪/Install‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ]‪/User Account Control‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ[ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ،Windows‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪/Restart‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ[ ﺃﻭ ]‪/Finish‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎء[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪/Finish‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎء[‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫)ﺹ ‪ (٢‬ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ 1‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫]‪Downloads Images From Canon Camera‬‬
‫‪/using Canon CameraWindow‬ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪ Canon‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪Canon‬‬
‫‪ [CameraWindow‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪/Import Images from Camera‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪Import‬‬
‫‪/Untransferred Images‬ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ‪،CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ 1‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٢‬ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪،Windows‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪/Start‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ[ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ]‪/All Programs‬ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ[‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ ]‪[Canon Utilities‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ]‪ [CameraWindow‬ﺛﻢ ]‪.[CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٢‬ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪،Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Dock‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows 7‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ]‪Downloads Images From Canon Camera using Canon‬‬
‫‪/CameraWindow‬ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪ Canon‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪Canon‬‬
‫‪ ،[CameraWindow‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪/OK‬ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ[‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ‪ RAW‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ‪ JPEG‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻛﺼﻮﺭ ‪ RAW‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ً ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺠﻞ ‪) GPS‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪CANON EUROPA N.V.‬‬
‫‪Bovenkerkerweg 59-61, 1185 XB Amstelveen, The Netherlands‬‬
‫‪CANON INC.‬‬
‫‪30-2, Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, Japan‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ‪ SDXC‬ﻫﻮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ‪.SD-3C, LLC.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ exFAT‬ﺑﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ ‪.Microsoft‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ HDMI‬ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭ ‪ HDMI‬ﻭ‪ High-Definition Multimedia Interface‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.HDMI Licensing LLC.‬‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ‪ iFrame‬ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ‪ iFrame‬ﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ‪.Apple Inc.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ‪MPEG-4‬‬
‫‪This product is licensed under AT&T patents for the MPEG-4 standard‬‬
‫‪and may be used for encoding MPEG-4 compliant video and/or decoding‬‬
‫‪MPEG-4 compliant video that was encoded only (1) for a personal and‬‬
‫‪non-commercial purpose or (2) by a video provider licensed under the AT&T‬‬
‫‪patents to provide MPEG-4 compliant video.‬‬
‫‪No license is granted or implied for any other use for MPEG-4 standard.‬‬
‫* ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﻣﻘﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ً GPS‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺒﻠﺪﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻮﺥ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ‪ Canon‬ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻲ ﻷﻳﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻫﺎ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺤﻖ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﺩی ‪ DIGITAL CAMERA Manuals Disk‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ”ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ“ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻣﻨﯽ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫‪15/09/2011 06:56:12‬‬
‫‪EC311_GS_AR_FA.indb 1‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻴﺰی ﮐﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ‪NB-5L‬‬
‫)ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ(‬
‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫‪IFC-400PCU‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫)ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ(‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬
‫‪CB-2LX/CB-2LXE‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﭽﯽ‬
‫‪WS-DC11‬‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﺩی ‪DIGITAL CAMERA‬‬
‫‪Solution Disk‬‬
‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫‪Canon‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ‪DIGITAL CAMERA Manuals Disk‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎی ﺟﺬﺍﺏ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(١١‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ ،PDF‬ﺑﻪ ‪ Adobe Reader‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ ،Word‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Microsoft Word/Word Viewer‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﻭﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﯽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ‪ ،Canon Inc.‬ﻭ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻓﺮﻋﯽ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﭘﯽ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﺷﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍی ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺨﺼﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮی ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺾ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻳﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺠﺎﺭی ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺨﻄﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﯽ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺨﺼﯽ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫‪ Canon‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ Canon‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫‪ Canon‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ‪ LCD‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻨﻴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٪٩٩٫٩٩‬ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮی ﺑﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ‪ LCD‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﮐﺶ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﮑﯽ ﻧﺎﺯک ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﮔﯽ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﮐﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪CANON INC.‬‬
‫‪30-2, Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, Japan‬‬
‫‪CANON EUROPA N.V.‬‬
‫‪Bovenkerkerweg 59-61, 1185 XB Amstelveen, The Netherlands‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎی ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ] [ )ﮐﺮﻭﺷﻪ( ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ FUNC./SET‬ﻭ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪FUNC./SET‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﭼﭗ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪ y‬ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻠﯽ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ :(xx‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻉ )”‪ “xx‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ(‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫• ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎی ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺟﺪی ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮگ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻼﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﯽ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﻼﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺯﺍﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺯﺍﺩﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻮﺩک ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺧﻔﮕﯽ ﺍﻭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺟﺰﺍی ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﮑﺎﺭی ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮی ﻋﺠﻴﺒﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮی ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩی ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺭﺍً ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺁﻟﯽ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﮑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﻨﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫• ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ )ﻣﺜﻼ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ( ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺧﻴﺲ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪Canon‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺧﺸﮏ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺧﻴﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻃﻮﺭی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ﮐﺸﯽ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻓﻠﺰی )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻨﺠﺎﻕ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ( ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۵‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻧﺸﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻫﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺭﺍً ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺸﻮﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﯽ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﯽ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﯽ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﭘﻴﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﯽ ﺩی)ﻫﺎی( ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ )ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ( ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻫﺪﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺷﻨﻮﺍﻳﯽ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺗﮑﺎﻧﻬﺎی ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﺰ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﮑﺴﺘﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬‫ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ۴٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬‫‪ -‬ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﯽ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻍ ﺷﺪﮔﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﺎً ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻠﺶ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﯽ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪۶‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻥ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻑ( ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﺭی ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻼﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﺩی‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﮐﯽ ﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻼﺵ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﮔﺮﻣﺎی ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﯽ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻼﺵ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﭼﺴﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﻠﺰی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰی‪ً ،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻧﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺯی ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻴﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﺸﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﻴﻒ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﯽء ﺳﺨﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪٢ ....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪٣ ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ‪۴ ........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ‪۵ .......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ‪/‬ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ‪٨ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ‪٩ ........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ )ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ( ‪١١ ..............................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪١٢ .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪١۴ .....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‪١٧ ...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪١٨ ........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ‪١٩ ...................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ )‪٢٠ ....................................................................................... (Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ‪٢٣ .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ‪٢۴ .....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪٢۵ ...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ ‪٢٧ ...........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ‪٢٨ .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ‪/‬ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫• ﺑﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﭻ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﭙﻴﭽﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺖ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺟﻠﻮی ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪CB-2LX‬‬
‫‪CB-2LXE‬‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻭ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ) ( ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ) (‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫(ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ :CB-2LX‬ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ )‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ :CB-2LXE‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻧﺎﺭﻧﺠﯽ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺭژ‬
‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ ‪ ٢‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ‪ ۵‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻧﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ) ( ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ ) (‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢۴‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﺎﺭژ‬
‫ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ‪/‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪٢٠٠‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ۴٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎ*‪١‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی*‪٢‬‬
‫ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﯽ*‪٣‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ۴‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫*‪ ١‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮی ‪Camera & Imaging Products Association‬‬
‫)‪” (CIPA‬ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ“ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ٢‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ٣‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻬﺎی ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻤﯽ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ(‬
‫”ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪“.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﮔﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﮔﯽ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺎی ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ Canon‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺣﺘﯽ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﮐﺎﺭی ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ )ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻭ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ‬
‫• ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯی ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻫﺎی ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
‫• ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ )ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻝ( ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢۴٠‬ﻭﻟﺖ )‪ ۵٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ۶٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎی ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ )ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪*SD‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪*SDHC‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪*SDXC‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ‪Eye-Fi‬‬
‫* ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎی ‪ SD‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺭک ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪ SDXC‬ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪ SDXC‬ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ‪Eye-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ‪) Eye-Fi‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ( ﺭﺍ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ‪ ،Eye-Fi‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ‪ Eye-Fi‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭی ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﯽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﻖ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ )‬
‫( ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﻖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﻖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪۵‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ) (‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ]ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ[ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪] ،‬ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ[ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﻴﮑﺎﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﯽ ﭘﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻞ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﻖ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﯽ ﭘﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ ۴‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪1231‬‬
‫‪ ١۶‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪5042‬‬
‫• ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺲ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(٢٠‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎی ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١۴‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ ON/OFF‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ qr‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ op‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﮑﻮﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺤﻠﯽ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ qr‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ ،ON/OFF‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﮑﻮﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ١۴‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ op‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )‪ ١‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ n‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١۵‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫]ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ[ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ]ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ[‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ op‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪m‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ١۴‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ n‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫• ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ )ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ( ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻴﺖ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪) AC‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ( ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﯽ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ ۴‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ١۴‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪١۶‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ‬
‫‪ n‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﮏ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ opqr‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﻭ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ n‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ ،٢‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩی ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ n‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ]ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫[ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ‪ ،3‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ )ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی( ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎک ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ‪) Eye-Fi‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ n‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻟﺐ[ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻤﺎﻫﺮﻡ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ]ﻗﺎﻟﺐ[‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ op‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ[ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ qr‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ]ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ op‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ]ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ[‪ ،‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪] ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ[‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﮑﯽ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻓﺸﺎی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﯽ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ‪/‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﮐﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ( ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻤﯽ )ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ( ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ )ﮐﻤﯽ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻤﯽ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎی ‪ AF‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ً‬
‫)ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﮑﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ؟‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺷﺎﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻓﻠﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺳﻔﻴﺪی ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺳﻔﻴﺪی ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ(‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺯﻭﻡ‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ ON/OFF‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ A‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ‪ A‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍی ﻣﻼﻳﻤﯽ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ IS‬ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭی ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺑﻨﺪی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ‪) i‬ﺗﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﺗﻮ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ‪) j‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻳﺪ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻨﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪) .‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺯﻭﻡ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻭﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ‪ y‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ )ﺯﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍی‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎی ‪ AF‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ‪ AF‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﻮﺭ ﮐﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﯽ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ‪AF‬‬
‫‪۵‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻣﯽ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﻮﺭ ﮐﻢ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٢‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻋﮑﺴﯽ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺍی )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ( ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﯽ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ G‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎی ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﮐﺴﺘﺮی ﺭﻧﮓ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻭی ﭼﻬﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎی ﺧﺎﮐﺴﺘﺮی ﺭﻭی ﭼﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎی ﺧﺎﮐﺴﺘﺮی ﺭﻧﮓ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺎﺩﺭی ﺭﻭی ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ G‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﯽ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻣﺘﺤﺮک ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﯽ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎً‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )‪.(Servo AF‬‬
‫ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺯﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ p‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺻﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﺪﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ n‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ]ﺑﯽ ﺻﺪﺍ[ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ‪ 3‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ‪ qr‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ]ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ[ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻓﻼﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ۵٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٧٫٠‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻳﺪ )‪ (j‬ﻭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ۵٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢٫٣‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﺗﻮ )‪ (i‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺧﻴﻠﯽ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻳﺪ )‪ (j‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٣‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﺗﻮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ )‪.(i‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﻮﺭ ﮐﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻗﺮﻣﺰی ﭼﺸﻢ ﻭ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ‪ h‬ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻓﻼﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ”ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻓﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ “.‬ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻼﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﺟﻠﻮی ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻧﻤﺎﺩی ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ IS‬ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎی ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ”ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎی ﺻﺤﻨﻪ“ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ( ﻭ ”ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) “IS‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ )‪ AF‬ﺭﺩﻳﺎﺑﯽ(‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻳﮑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ o‬ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ )‪ .(Servo AF‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ q‬ﻳﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ‪7‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﯽ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ r‬ﻳﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﯽ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ qr‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺗﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺰ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻨﺰ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻣﯽ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮑﯽ ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٢۴‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ qr‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ‪7‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ a‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ]ﭘﺎک ﺷﻮﺩ؟[ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ qr‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ]ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ[ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪m‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺎک ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎی ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ]ﻟﻐﻮ[‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ qr‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ A‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ‪ ١‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫]ﺿﺒﻂ [ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﮑﺮﻭﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﮑﺮﻭﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢۵‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺯﻭﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍﻫﺎی ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ‪ y‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺯﻭﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻭی ‪ A‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎی ”ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ“ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩی ﮐﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﯽ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺳﻔﻴﺪی ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ((‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﯽ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻭی ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ‪ A‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﺮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻭی ‪ E‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫‪ ۴‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ١۶‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١۴‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ‪ ٣۴‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ۵٩‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ‪ ۴٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ٢٩‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ‪ ۵٩‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪ SD Speed Class 6‬ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢۶‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ qr‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ qr‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ op‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﮑﺚ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻢ؟‬
‫ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (٢٩‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎی ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﭙﯽ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﮐﻢ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺭک ‪ Canon‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ‪ CD-ROM‬ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﯽ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻧﻮﻳﺴﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪی ﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪) Windows 7‬ﺑﺎ ‪(Service Pack 1‬‬
‫‪Windows Vista SP2‬‬
‫‪Windows XP SP3‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ‪ USB‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﭘﯽ ﻳﻮ )‪(CPU‬‬
‫‪ ١٫٣ Pentium‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ )ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ ٢٫۶ Core 2 Duo ،‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ )ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫ﺭﻡ )‪(RAM‬‬
‫‪ ۶۴) Windows 7‬ﺑﻴﺘﯽ(‪ ٢ :‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ ٣٢) Windows 7‬ﺑﻴﺘﯽ(‪ ۶۴) Windows Vista ،‬ﺑﻴﺘﯽ‪ ٣٢ ،‬ﺑﻴﺘﯽ(‬
‫‪ ١ :Windows XP‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ )ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ ٢ ،‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ )ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎی ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﻫﺎﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‬
‫‪ ۶٧٠‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ*‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫‪ ٧۶٨ x ١٫٠٢۴‬ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬
‫* ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ Microsoft .NET Framework 3.0 ،Windows XP‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ )ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ ۵٠٠‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎی ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻤﯽ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﭘﯽ ﻳﻮ )‪(CPU‬‬
‫)‪Mac OS X (v10.5 – v10.6‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ‪ USB‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺷﮕﺮ ‪) Intel‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ ٢٫۶ Core 2 Duo ،‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰی ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ )ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫ﺭﻡ )‪(RAM‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ )ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ ٢ ،‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ )ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎی ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﻫﺎﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‬
‫‪ ٧٣٠‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫‪ ٧۶٨ x ١٫٠٢۴‬ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Windows Vista‬ﻭ)‪ Mac OS X (v10.5‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺳﯽ ﺩی ‪DIGITAL CAMERA‬‬
‫‪) (Solution Disk‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (٢‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺳﯽ ﺩی‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ‪ Macintosh‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﮑﺘﺎپ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ،Windows‬ﺭﻭی ]‪/Easy Installation‬ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺁﺳﺎﻥ[ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ‪ Macintosh‬ﺭﻭی ]‪/Install‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ[ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ]‪/User Account Control‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ[ ﺩﺭ ‪ Windows‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ،Windows‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﺳﮑﺘﺎپ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی‬
‫]‪/Restart‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﻣﺠﺪﺩ[ ﻳﺎ ]‪/Finish‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ[ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﺳﮑﺘﺎپ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ]‪/Finish‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ[ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻴﺶ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (٢‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺶ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ،Windows‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ]‪Downloads Images‬‬
‫‪From Canon Camera using Canon‬‬
‫‪/CameraWindow‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮی ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ Canon‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪[Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ CameraWindow ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ]‪/Import Images from Camera‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ[‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ]‪Import‬‬
‫‪/Untransferred Images‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ[ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ CameraWindow ،‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪ Windows‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭی ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ CameraWindow ٢‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ﻣﻨﻮی‬
‫]‪/Start‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ[ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ]‪/All Programs‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ[‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‪[Canon Utilities] ،‬‬
‫]‪ [CameraWindow‬ﻭ ]‪ [CameraWindow‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪ Macintosh‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭی ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ CameraWindow ٢‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ‪) Dock‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﮑﺘﺎپ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ ،Windows 7‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫]‪Downloads Images From Canon Camera using Canon‬‬
‫‪/CameraWindow‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮی ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ‪ Canon‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪Canon‬‬
‫‪ [CameraWindow‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭی ]‪/OK‬ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ[ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﯽ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩی ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﯽ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ‪ ،RAW‬ﻳﺎ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ‪ JPEG‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ‪ RAW‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺘﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی ﺛﺒﺖ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ‪) GPS‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ( ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭی ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪CANON EUROPA N.V.‬‬
‫‪Bovenkerkerweg 59-61, 1185 XB Amstelveen, The Netherlands‬‬
‫‪CANON INC.‬‬
‫‪30-2, Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, Japan‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻫﺎی ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭی‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺁﺭﻡ ‪ SDXC‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﺭی ‪ SD-3C, LLC.‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺣﺎﻭی ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭی ‪ exFAT‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ‪ Microsoft‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺭﻡ ‪ HDMI‬ﻭ ‪ High-Definition Multimedia Interface‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭی ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭی ﺛﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ HDMI Licensing LLC.‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺭﻡ ‪ iFrame‬ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ‪ iFrame‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺠﺎﺭی ‪ Apple Inc.‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ‪MPEG-4‬‬
‫‪This product is licensed under AT&T patents for the MPEG-4 standard‬‬
‫‪and may be used for encoding MPEG-4 compliant video and/or decoding‬‬
‫‪MPEG-4 compliant video that was encoded only (1) for a personal and‬‬
‫‪non-commercial purpose or (2) by a video provider licensed under the AT&T‬‬
‫‪patents to provide MPEG-4 compliant video.‬‬
‫‪No license is granted or implied for any other use for MPEG-4 standard.‬‬
‫* ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﯽ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ GPS‬ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ‪ Canon‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍی ﻃﺮﺍﺣﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ‪ ،Canon‬ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻧﺤﯽ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﺻﻠﯽ ‪ Canon‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی(‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﯽ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﻫﺎی ﻧﺎﺷﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﺻﻠﯽ ‪ Canon‬ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩی ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫ُﻃﺒﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ ‪ /‬ﭼﺎپ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‬
‫‪© CANON INC. 2011‬‬
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising